blob: 672e487a34f2e49c41108e57d977323fad538282 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
64 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
65 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
83 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
99 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000630 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000631 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
632 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000633 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000634 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000635 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000636}
637
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000638/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
639/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
640/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000641static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
642 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000643 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
644 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
645
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000646 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
647 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
648 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000649 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000650 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
651 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000652 D != DEnd; ++D) {
653 if (*D == Record) {
654 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
655 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
656 ++D;
657 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000658 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000659 return *D;
660 }
661 }
662
663 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
664 return 0;
665}
666
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000667/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
668/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
669/// actual member.
670///
671/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
672/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
673/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
674/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
675/// we found.
676///
677/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
678/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
679/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
680VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
681 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000682 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
683 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
684 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
685
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000686 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000687 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
688 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
689 do {
690 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000691 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000692 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000693 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000694 else {
695 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
696 break;
697 }
698 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
699 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
700 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000701
702 return BaseObject;
703}
704
705Sema::OwningExprResult
706Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
707 FieldDecl *Field,
708 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
709 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
710 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
711 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
712 AnonFields);
713
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
715 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
716 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
717 // found via name lookup.
718 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
719 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
720 if (BaseObject) {
721 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
722 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000723 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000724 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000725 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000726 ExtraQuals
727 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
728 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
729 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
730 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
731 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
732 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
733 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
734 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
735 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
736 }
737 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
738 } else {
739 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
740 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
741 // program our base object expression is "this".
742 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
743 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
744 QualType AnonFieldType
745 = Context.getTagDeclType(
746 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
747 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
748 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
749 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
750 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
751 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000752 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000753 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000754 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
755 }
756 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000757 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
758 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000759 }
760 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
761 }
762
763 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000764 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
765 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000766 }
767
768 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
769 // anonymous struct/union.
770 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
771 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
772 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
773 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
774 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
775 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
776 unsigned combinedQualifiers
777 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
778 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
779 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000780 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
781 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
783 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000784 }
785
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000786 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787}
788
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000789/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
790/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
791/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
792/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
793/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
794/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
795/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
796/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
797/// forms.
798///
799/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
800/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
801/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
802/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000803///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000804/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
805/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
806/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
807/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000808Sema::OwningExprResult
809Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
810 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000811 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000812 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000813 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000814 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
815 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000816
817 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
818 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
819 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
820 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000821 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000822 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000823 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
824 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000825 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000826 }
827
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000828 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
829 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000830
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000831 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
832 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
833 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
834 : SourceRange());
835 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000836 }
837
838 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000839
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
841 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000842 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
843 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000844 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
845 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000846 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
847 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
848 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000849 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000850 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000851 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000852 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
853 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000854 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000855 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
856 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000857
858 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
859 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
860 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
861 return ExprError();
862
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000863 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
864 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
865 // an error.
866 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
867 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
868 << IV->getDeclName());
869 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
870 // same name exists, use the global.
871 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000872 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
873 ClassDeclared != IFace)
874 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000875 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
876 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000877 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
878 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000879 return Owned(new (Context)
880 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000881 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000882 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000883 }
884 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000885 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
886 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
887 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000888 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000889 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
890 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000891 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
892 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000894 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000895 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000896 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000897 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000898 QualType T;
899
900 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
901 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
902 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
903 else
904 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000905 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000906 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000907 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000908
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000909 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
910 // argument-dependent lookup.
911 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
912 HasTrailingLParen;
913
914 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000915 // We've seen something of the form
916 //
917 // identifier(
918 //
919 // and we did not find any entity by the name
920 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
921 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
922 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
923 Context.OverloadTy,
924 Loc));
925 }
926
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000927 if (D == 0) {
928 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
929 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000930 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000931 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000932 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000933 else {
934 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
935 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000936 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000937 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
938 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000939 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
940 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
942 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000943 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000944 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000945 }
946 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000947
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000948 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
949 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
950 // not any specific instance's member.
951 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000952 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000953 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000954 QualType DType;
955 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
956 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
957 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
958 DType = Method->getType();
959 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
960 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
961 }
962 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
963 if (!DType.isNull()) {
964 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
965 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000966 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000967 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000968 }
969 }
970 }
971
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000972 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
973 // (C++ [class.union]).
974 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
975 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
976 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000977
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000978 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
979 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
980 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
981 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
982 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
983 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
984 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
985 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
986 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
987 QualType MemberType;
988 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
989 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
990 MemberType = FD->getType();
991
992 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
993 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
994 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
995 unsigned combinedQualifiers
996 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
997 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
998 }
999 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1000 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1001 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1002 MemberType = Method->getType();
1003 }
1004 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1005 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1006 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1007 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1008 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1009 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1010 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1011 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1012 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1013 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1014 break;
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001018
1019 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001020 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1021 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1022 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1023 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1024 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1025 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001026 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001027 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001028 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001029 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001030 }
1031 }
1032 }
1033 }
1034
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001035 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001036 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1037 if (MD->isStatic())
1038 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001039 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1040 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 }
1042
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001043 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1044 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1045 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001046 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1047 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001048 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001049
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001050 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001052 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001053 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001054 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001056
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001057 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001058 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001059 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1060 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001061 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1062 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1063 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001064 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001065
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001066 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1067 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1068 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1069 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1070 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1071 return ExprError();
1072
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001073 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001074 // Warn about constructs like:
1075 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1076 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077
1078 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1079 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001080 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1081 Scope *CheckS = S;
1082 while (CheckS) {
1083 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001084 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001085 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001086 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1087 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001088 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001089 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1090 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001091 break;
1092 }
1093
1094 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1095 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1096 if (CheckS)
1097 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1098 }
1099 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001100 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1101 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1102 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1103 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1104 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1105 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1106 // type.
1107 QualType T = Func->getType();
1108 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001109 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1110 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001111 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1112 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001113 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001114
1115 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1116 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001117 return ExprError();
1118
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001119 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1120 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1121 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1122 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001123 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001124 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1125 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1126 //
1127 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001128 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001129 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1130 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001131 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001133 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 ExprTy.addConst();
1135 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001136 }
1137 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1138 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001139
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001140 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001141 bool ValueDependent = false;
1142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1143 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1144 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1145 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1146 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1147 TypeDependent = true;
1148 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1149 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1150 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1151 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1152 TypeDependent = true;
1153 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1154 // names a dependent type.
1155 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001156 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001157 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1158 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001159 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001160 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1161 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1162 TypeDependent = true;
1163 break;
1164 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001165 }
1166 }
1167 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001168
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1170 //
1171 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1172 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1173 if (TypeDependent)
1174 ValueDependent = true;
1175 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1176 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1177 ValueDependent = true;
1178 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1179 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001180 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1181 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1182 Dcl->getInit()) {
1183 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1184 }
1185 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001186 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001187
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001188 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1189 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001190}
1191
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001192Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1193 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001194 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001195
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001196 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001197 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001198 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1199 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1200 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001201 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001202
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001203 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1204 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001205 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001206 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1207 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001208 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1209 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1210 else {
1211 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1212 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1213 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1214 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001215
1216
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001217 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001218 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001219 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001220 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001221}
1222
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001223Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001224 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1225 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1226 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1227 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001228
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001229 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1230 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1231 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001233
1234 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1235
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001236 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1237 Literal.isWide(),
1238 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001239}
1240
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001241Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1242 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001243 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1244 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001245 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001246 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001247 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001248 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001249 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001250
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001251 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001252 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1253 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001254 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001255
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001256 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1257 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001258
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001259 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1260 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1261 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001262 return ExprError();
1263
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001264 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001265
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001266 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001267 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001268 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001269 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001270 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001271 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001272 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001273 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001274
1275 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1276
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001277 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1278 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001279 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1280 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001281
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001282 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001283 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001284 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001285 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001286
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001287 // long long is a C99 feature.
1288 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001289 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001290 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1291
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001292 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001293 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001294
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001295 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1296 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1297 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001298 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1299 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001300 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301 } else {
1302 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1303 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001304
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001305 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1306 // be an unsigned int.
1307 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1308
1309 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001310 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001311 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1312 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001313 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001314
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001315 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1316 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1317 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1318 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001319 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001320 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001321 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001322 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001324 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001325
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001326 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001327 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001328 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001329
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001330 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1331 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1332 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1333 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001334 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001335 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001336 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001337 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001338 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001339 }
1340
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001341 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001342 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001343 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001344
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001345 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1346 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1347 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1348 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001349 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001350 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001352 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001353 }
1354 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001355
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001356 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1357 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001358 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001359 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001360 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001361 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001362 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001364 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1365 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001367 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001368 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001369
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001370 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1371 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001372 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1373 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
1375 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376}
1377
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1379 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001380 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001381 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001382 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001383}
1384
1385/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1386/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001387bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001388 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1389 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1390 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001391 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1392 return false;
1393
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001394 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001395 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001396 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001397 if (isSizeof)
1398 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1399 return false;
1400 }
1401
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001402 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001403 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001404 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1405 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 return false;
1407 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001408
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001409 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1410 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1411 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1412 ExprRange))
1413 return true;
1414
1415 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001416 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001417 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001418 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1419 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001420 }
1421
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001422 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423}
1424
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001425bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1426 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1427 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001428
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001429 // alignof decl is always ok.
1430 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1431 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001432
1433 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1434 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1435 return false;
1436
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001437 if (E->getBitField()) {
1438 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1439 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001440 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001441
1442 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1443 // bit-field.
1444 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1445 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1446 return false;
1447
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001448 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1449}
1450
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001451/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1452Action::OwningExprResult
1453Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1454 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1455 if (T.isNull())
1456 return ExprError();
1457
1458 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1459 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1460 return ExprError();
1461
1462 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1463 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1464 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1465 R.getEnd()));
1466}
1467
1468/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1469/// operand.
1470Action::OwningExprResult
1471Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1472 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1473 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1474 bool isInvalid = false;
1475 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1476 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1477 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1478 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001479 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001480 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1481 isInvalid = true;
1482 } else {
1483 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1484 }
1485
1486 if (isInvalid)
1487 return ExprError();
1488
1489 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1490 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1491 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1492 R.getEnd()));
1493}
1494
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001495/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1496/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1497/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001498Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001499Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1500 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001501 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001502 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001504 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001505 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1506 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1507 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001508
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001509 // Get the end location.
1510 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1511 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1512 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1513
1514 if (Result.isInvalid())
1515 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1516
1517 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001518}
1519
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001520QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001521 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1522 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001523
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001524 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001525 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1526 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001527
1528 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1529 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1530 return V->getType();
1531
1532 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001533 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1534 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001535 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001536}
1537
1538
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001539
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001540Action::OwningExprResult
1541Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1542 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1543 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001544
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001545 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1546 switch (Kind) {
1547 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1548 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1549 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1550 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001551
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1553 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1554 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001555 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001556 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1557
1558 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1559 //
1560 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1561 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1562 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1563 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1564 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1565 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1566 // argument will have value zero.
1567 Expr *Args[2] = {
1568 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001569 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1570 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001571 };
1572
1573 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1574 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001575 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001576
1577 // Perform overload resolution.
1578 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1579 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1580 case OR_Success: {
1581 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1582 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1583
1584 if (FnDecl) {
1585 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1586 // operator.
1587
1588 // Convert the arguments.
1589 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1590 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001591 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001592 } else {
1593 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001594 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001595 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1596 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001597 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001598 }
1599
1600 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001601 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001602 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1603 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001604
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001605 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001606 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001607 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001608 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1609
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001611 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001612 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1613 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1614 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001615 } else {
1616 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1617 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1618 // operator node.
1619 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1620 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001621 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001622
1623 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001624 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001625 }
1626
1627 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1628 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1629 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1630 break;
1631
1632 case OR_Ambiguous:
1633 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1634 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1635 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001638
1639 case OR_Deleted:
1640 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1642 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1643 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1645 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001646 }
1647
1648 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1649 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1650 // build a built-in operation.
1651 }
1652
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001653 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1654 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001655 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001656 return ExprError();
1657 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001658 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001659}
1660
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001661Action::OwningExprResult
1662Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1663 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1664 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1665 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001666
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001667 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001668 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1669 Base.release();
1670 Idx.release();
1671 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1672 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1673 }
1674
1675 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001676 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001677 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1678 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1679 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001680 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1681 // to the candidate set.
1682 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1683 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001684 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1685 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001686
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001687 // Perform overload resolution.
1688 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1689 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1690 case OR_Success: {
1691 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1692 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1693
1694 if (FnDecl) {
1695 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1696 // operator.
1697
1698 // Convert the arguments.
1699 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1700 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1701 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1702 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1703 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001705 } else {
1706 // Convert the arguments.
1707 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1708 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1709 "passing") ||
1710 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1712 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 }
1715
1716 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001718 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1719 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001720
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001721 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001722 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1723 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001724 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1725
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 Base.release();
1727 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001728 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1729 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001730 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1731 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001732 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 } else {
1734 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1735 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1736 // operator node.
1737 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1738 "passing") ||
1739 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1740 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001741 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742
1743 break;
1744 }
1745 }
1746
1747 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1748 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1749 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1750 break;
1751
1752 case OR_Ambiguous:
1753 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1754 << "[]"
1755 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1756 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001757 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001758
1759 case OR_Deleted:
1760 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1761 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1762 << "[]"
1763 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1764 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1765 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001766 }
1767
1768 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1769 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1770 // build a built-in operation.
1771 }
1772
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001773 // Perform default conversions.
1774 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1775 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001776
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001777 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001778
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001779 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001780 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001781 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001782 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001783 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1784 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001785 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1786 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1787 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1788 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1789 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001790 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1791 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001792 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001793 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001794 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001795 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1796 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001797 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001798 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1799 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001800 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001801
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001802 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1803 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001804 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1805 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1806 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1807 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1808 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1809 // force the promotion here.
1810 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1811 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1812 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1813 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1814
1815 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1816 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1817 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1818 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1819 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1820 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1821 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1822 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1823 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1824
1825 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1826 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1827 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001828 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001829 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1830 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001831 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001832 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001833 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001834 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1835 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001836
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001837 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1838 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1839 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1840 // incomplete types are not object types.
1841 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1842 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1843 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1844 return ExprError();
1845 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001846
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001847 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001848 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001849 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1850 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001851
1852 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1853 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1854 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1855 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1856 return ExprError();
1857 }
1858
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001859 Base.release();
1860 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001861 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001862 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001863}
1864
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001865QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001866CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001867 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001868 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001869
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001870 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1871 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001872
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001873 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001874 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1875 // to be selected.
1876 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001877
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001878 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1879 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1880 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001881
1882 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1883 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001884 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001885 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1886 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001887 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001888 do
1889 compStr++;
1890 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001891 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001892 do
1893 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001895 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001896
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001897 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001898 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1899 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001900 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1901 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001902 return QualType();
1903 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001904
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001905 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1906 // operates on.
1907 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1908 compStr = CompName.getName();
1909
1910 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001911 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001912
1913 while (*compStr) {
1914 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1915 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1916 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1917 return QualType();
1918 }
1919 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001921
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001922 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1923 // number of elements.
1924 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001925 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001926 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001927 return QualType();
1928 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001929
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001930 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001931 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001932 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001933 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001934 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001935 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1936 : CompName.getLength();
1937 if (HexSwizzle)
1938 CompSize--;
1939
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001940 if (CompSize == 1)
1941 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001942
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001943 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001944 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001945 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1946 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1947 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1948 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001949 }
1950 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001951}
1952
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001953static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1954 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001955 const Selector &Sel,
1956 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001957
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001958 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001959 return PD;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001960 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001961 return OMD;
1962
1963 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1964 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001965 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1966 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001967 return D;
1968 }
1969 return 0;
1970}
1971
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001972static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001973 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001974 const Selector &Sel,
1975 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1977 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001978 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001979 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001980 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001981 GDecl = PD;
1982 break;
1983 }
1984 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001985 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001986 GDecl = OMD;
1987 break;
1988 }
1989 }
1990 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001991 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001992 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1993 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 if (GDecl)
1996 return GDecl;
1997 }
1998 }
1999 return GDecl;
2000}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002001
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002002/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2003/// all base class implementations.
2004///
2005ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2006 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2007 const Selector &Sel) {
2008 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor8fc463a2009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002009 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2010 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002011 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002012
2013 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2014 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2015 return Method;
2016}
2017
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002018Action::OwningExprResult
2019Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2020 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002021 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002022 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002023 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002024 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002025
2026 // Perform default conversions.
2027 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002028
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002029 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2030 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002031
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002032 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2033 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002034 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002035 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002036 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2037 BaseExpr, true,
2038 OpLoc,
2039 DeclarationName(&Member),
2040 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002041 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002042 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002043 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002044 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2045 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002046 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002047 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2048 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2049 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002050 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002051 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2052 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2053 // (so we'll report an error for)
2054 // T* t;
2055 // t.f;
2056 //
2057 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2058 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2059 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2060 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2061
2062 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2063 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002064 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2065 BaseExpr, false,
2066 OpLoc,
2067 DeclarationName(&Member),
2068 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002069 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002070 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002071
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002072 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2073 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002074 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002075 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002076 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002077 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2078 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2079 return ExprError();
2080
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002081 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002082 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002083 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002084 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002085 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002086
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002087 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002088 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2089 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002090 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002091 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2092 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2093 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002094 }
2095
2096 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002097
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002098 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2099 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2100 // error cases.
2101 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2102 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002103
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002104 // Check the use of this field
2105 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2106 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002107
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002108 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002109 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2110 // (C++ [class.union]).
2111 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002112 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002113 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002114
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002115 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2116 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002117 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002118 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2119 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2120 else {
2121 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2122 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002123 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002124 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2125 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2126 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002127
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002128 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2129 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002130 }
2131
2132 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002133 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002134 Var, MemberLoc,
2135 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
2136 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002137 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002138 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2139 MemberFn->getType()));
2140 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2141 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002142 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002143 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
2144 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002145 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2146 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002147 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002148 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2149 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002150
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002151 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2152 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2153 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002154 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2155 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2156 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002157 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002158
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002159 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2160 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002161 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002162 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002163 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2164 &Member,
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002165 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002166 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2167 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2168 // error cases.
2169 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2170 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002171
2172 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2173 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2174 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002175 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2176 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002177 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2178 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2179 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002180 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2181 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2182 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002183 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2184 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2185 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2186 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002187 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002188 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2189 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2190 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2191 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2192 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2193 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002194 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002195
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002196 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002197 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002198 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002199 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2200 }
2201 // @protected
2202 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2203 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2204 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002205
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002206 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002207 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002208 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002209 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002210 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2211 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2212 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002213 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002214
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002215 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2216 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2217 const PointerType *PTy;
2218 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2219 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2220 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2221 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002222
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002223 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002224 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2225 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002226 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2227 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2228 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002229 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2230 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2231 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002232 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2233 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002234 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002235 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2236 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002237
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002238 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002239 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2240 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002241 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2242 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002243 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2244 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2245 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002246
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002247 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002248 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2249 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002250
2251 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2252 // selector is implemented.
2253
2254 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2255 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2256
2257 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002258 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002259
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002260 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2261 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002262 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002263
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002264 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2265 if (!Getter) {
2266 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2267 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002268 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002269 }
2270 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002271 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002272 // Check if we can reference this property.
2273 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2274 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002275 }
2276 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2277 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2278 Selector SetterSel =
2279 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2280 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002281 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002282 if (!Setter) {
2283 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2284 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002285 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002286 }
2287 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2288 if (!Setter) {
2289 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2290 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002291 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002292 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002293 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002294
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002295 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2296 return ExprError();
2297
2298 if (Getter || Setter) {
2299 QualType PType;
2300
2301 if (Getter)
2302 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2303 else {
2304 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2305 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2306 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2307 }
2308 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2309 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2310 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2311 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002312 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2313 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002314 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002315 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002317 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2318 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002319 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002320 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002321 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002322 // Check the use of this declaration
2323 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2324 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002325
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002326 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002327 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2328 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002329 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002330 // Check the use of this method.
2331 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2332 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002333
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002334 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002335 OMD->getResultType(),
2336 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2337 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002338 }
2339 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002340
2341 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2342 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002343 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002344 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2345 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2346 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2347 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2348 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2350 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002351 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002352 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002353 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002354 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002355 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002356 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002357 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2358 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2359 Selector SetterSel =
2360 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2361 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002362 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002363 if (!Setter) {
2364 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2365 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002366 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002367 }
2368 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2369 if (!Setter) {
2370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2371 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002372 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002373 }
2374 }
2375
2376 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2377 return ExprError();
2378
2379 if (Getter || Setter) {
2380 QualType PType;
2381
2382 if (Getter)
2383 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2384 else {
2385 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2386 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2387 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2388 }
2389 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2390 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2391 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2392 }
2393 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2394 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002395 }
2396 }
2397
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002398 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002399 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002400 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2401 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002402 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002403 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002404 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002405 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002406
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002407 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2408 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2409
2410 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2411 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2412 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2413 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2414 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2415 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2416 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2417 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2418 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2419 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2420 }
2421
2422 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002423}
2424
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002425/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2426/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2427/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2428/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2429/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2430/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002431bool
2432Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002433 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002434 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002435 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2436 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002437 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002438 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2439 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2440 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002441 bool Invalid = false;
2442
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002443 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2444 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2445 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2446 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2447 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2448 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2449 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2450 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002451 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002452 }
2453
2454 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2455 // them.
2456 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2457 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2458 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2459 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2460 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2461 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2462 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2463 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002464 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002465 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002466 }
2467 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2468 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002469
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002470 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2471 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2472 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002473
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002474 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002475 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002476 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002477
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002478 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2479 ProtoArgType,
2480 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2481 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2482 return true;
2483
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002484 // Pass the argument.
2485 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2486 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002487 } else {
2488 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2489 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2490 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2491 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2492 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2493 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002494 } else {
2495 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2496
2497 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2498 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2499 // be properly destroyed.
2500 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2501 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2502 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2503 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2504 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2505 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2506 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002507 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002508
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002509 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002510 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002511 }
2512
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002513 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002514
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002515 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2516 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002517
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002518 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2519 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002520 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2521 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2522 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2523 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2524 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2525
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002526 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2527 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2528 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002529 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002530 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2531 }
2532 }
2533
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002534 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002535}
2536
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002537/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002538/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2539/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002540Action::OwningExprResult
2541Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2542 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002543 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002544 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002545 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002546 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002547 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002548 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002549 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002550 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002551
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002552 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002553 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002554 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002555 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2556 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002557 bool Dependent = false;
2558 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2559 Dependent = true;
2560 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2561 Dependent = true;
2562
2563 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002564 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002565 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2566
2567 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2568 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2569 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2570 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2571
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002572 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002573 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2574 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2575 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002576 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2577 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002578 }
2579
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002580 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002581 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002582 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2583 bool ADL = true;
2584 while (true) {
2585 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2586 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2587 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002588 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002589 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002590 ADL = false;
2591 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2592 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002593 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002594 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2595 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002596 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2597 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2598 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2599 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002600 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002601 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2602 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2603 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002604 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002605 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2606 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2607 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002608 break;
2609 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002610 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002611
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002612 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2613 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002614 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002615 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002616 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002617 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002618
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002619 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002620 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002621 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002622 ADL = false;
2623
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002624 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2625 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2626 ADL = false;
2627
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002628 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002629 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2630 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002631 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2632 if (!FDecl)
2633 return ExprError();
2634
2635 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2636 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002637 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002638 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002639 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2640 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2641 false, false,
2642 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2643 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002644 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002645 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002646 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2647 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2648 Fn = NewFn;
2649 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002650 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002651
2652 // Promote the function operand.
2653 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2654
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002655 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2656 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002657 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2658 Args, NumArgs,
2659 Context.BoolTy,
2660 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002661
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002662 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2663 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2664 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2665 // have type pointer to function".
2666 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2667 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002668 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2669 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002670 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2671 } else { // This is a block call.
2672 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2673 getAsFunctionType();
2674 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002675 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002676 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2677 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2678
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002679 // Check for a valid return type
2680 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2681 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2682 FuncT->getResultType(),
2683 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2684 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2685 return ExprError();
2686
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002687 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002688 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002689
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002690 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002691 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002692 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002693 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002694 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002695 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002696
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002697 if (FDecl) {
2698 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2699 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2700 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002701 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2702 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2703 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2704 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2705 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2706 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2707 }
2708 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002709 }
2710
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002711 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002712 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2713 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2714 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002715 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2716 Arg->getType(),
2717 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2718 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2719 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002720 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002721 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002722 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002723
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002724 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2725 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002726 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2727 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002728
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002729 // Check for sentinels
2730 if (NDecl)
2731 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002732 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002733 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002734 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002735 if (NDecl)
2736 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002737
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002738 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002739}
2740
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002741Action::OwningExprResult
2742Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2743 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002744 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002745 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002746 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002747 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002748 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002749
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002750 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002751 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002752 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2753 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002754 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2755 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2756 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002757 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002758 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002759
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002760 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002761 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002762 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002763
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002764 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002765 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002766 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002767 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002768 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002769 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002770 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002771 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002772}
2773
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002774Action::OwningExprResult
2775Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002776 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2777 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2778 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002779
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002780 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002781 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002782
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002783 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002784 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002785 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002786 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002787}
2788
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002789/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002790bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002791 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2792
2793 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2794 // type needs to be scalar.
2795 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2796 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002797 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2798 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002799 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002800 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2801 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2802 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2803 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002804 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002805 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2806 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2807 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2808 // GCC cast to union extension
2809 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2810 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002811 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002812 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2813 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2814 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2815 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2816 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2817 break;
2818 }
2819 }
2820 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2821 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2822 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2823 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002824 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002825 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002826 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002827 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002829 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002830 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2831 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002832 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002833 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2834 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2835 return true;
2836 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2837 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2838 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002839 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002840 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002841 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2842 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2843 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2844 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2845 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2846 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2847 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2848 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2849 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2850 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2851 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002852 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002853 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2854 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002855 return false;
2856}
2857
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002858bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002859 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002860
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002861 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002862 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002863 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002864 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002865 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002866 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002867 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002868 } else
2869 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002870 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002871 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002872
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002873 return false;
2874}
2875
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002876Action::OwningExprResult
2877Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2878 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2879 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2880 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002881
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002882 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002883 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2884
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002885 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002886 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002887 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002888 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002889}
2890
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002891/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2892/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002893/// C99 6.5.15
2894QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2895 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002896 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2897 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2898 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2899
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002900 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2901 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2902 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2903 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2904 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2905 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002906
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002907 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002908 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2909 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2910 << CondTy;
2911 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002912 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002913
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002914 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002915
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002916 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2917 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002918 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2919 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2920 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002921 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002922
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002923 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2924 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002925 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2926 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002927 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002928 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002929 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002930 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002931 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002932 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002933
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002934 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002935 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002936 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2937 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2938 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2939 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2940 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2941 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2942 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2943 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2944 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002945 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002946 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002947 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2948 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002949 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2950 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2951 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2952 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2953 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002954 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002955 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2956 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2957 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2958 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2959 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002960 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002961
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002962 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2963 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2964 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2965 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2966
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002967 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2968 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002969 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2970 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002971 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2972 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2973 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2974 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002975
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002976 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2977 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2978 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2979 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2980 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2981 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2982 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2983 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2984 return destType;
2985 }
2986 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
2987 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2988 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2989 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2990 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2991 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
2992 return destType;
2993 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002994
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002995 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
2996 if (sameKind
2997 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
2998 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
2999 return LHSTy;
3000 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003001
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003002 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003003
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003004 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3005 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3006 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3007 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3008 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3009 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3010 // type. This allows
3011 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3012 // where B is a subclass of A.
3013 //
3014 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3015 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3016 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3017 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003018
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003019 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3020 // It could return the composite type.
3021 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3022 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3023 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3024 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3025 compositeType = LHSTy;
3026 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3027 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3028 compositeType = RHSTy;
3029 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3030 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3031 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3032 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3033 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003034 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3035 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003036 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3037 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3038 return QualType();
3039 } else {
3040 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3041 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3042 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3043 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003044 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3045 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003046 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003047 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003048 } else if (!sameKind
3049 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3050 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3051 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3052 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3053 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3054 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3055 // to get a consistent AST.
3056 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3057 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3058 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3059 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003060 }
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003061 // The pointer types are compatible.
3062 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3063 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3064 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3065 // type.
3066 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3067 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3068 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3069 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3070 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003071 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003072
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003073 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3074 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3075 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3076 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3077 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3078 return RHSTy;
3079 }
3080 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3081 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3082 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3083 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3084 return LHSTy;
3085 }
3086
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003087 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3088 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003089 // id with statically typed objects).
3090 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003091 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3092 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3093 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003094 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003095 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003096 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3097 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3098 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003099 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3100 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3101 // change the type of method sends.
3102
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003103 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3104 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3105 // cases. Investigate.
3106 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003107 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3108 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003109 return compositeType;
3110 }
3111 }
3112
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003113 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003114 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3115 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003116 return QualType();
3117}
3118
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003119/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003120/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003121Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3122 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3123 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3124 ExprArg RHS) {
3125 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3126 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003127
3128 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3129 // was the condition.
3130 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3131 if (isLHSNull)
3132 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003133
3134 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003135 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003136 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003137 return ExprError();
3138
3139 Cond.release();
3140 LHS.release();
3141 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003142 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003143 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3144 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003145}
3146
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003147
3148// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003149// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003150// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3151// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3152// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003153Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003154Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3155 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003156
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003157 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003158 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3159 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003160
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003161 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003162 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3163 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003164
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003165 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003166
3167 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3168 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3169 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003170 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003171 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003172 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003173
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003174 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3175 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003176 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003177 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003178 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003179 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003180
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003181 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003182 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3183 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003184 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003185
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003186 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003187 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003188 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003189
3190 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003191 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3192 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003193 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003194 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003195 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003196 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3197 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3198 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3199 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3200 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3201 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3202 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3203 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3204 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3205 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3206 }
3207 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3208 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3209 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3210 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3211 }
3212 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3213 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3214 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3215 // warning can be disabled.
3216 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3217 return ConvTy;
3218 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3219 }
3220 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3221 return IncompatiblePointer;
3222 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003223 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003224}
3225
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003226/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3227/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3228/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3229// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003230Sema::AssignConvertType
3231Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003232 QualType rhsType) {
3233 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003234
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003235 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3236 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003237 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3238
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003239 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3240 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3241 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003242
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003243 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003244
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003245 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3246 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3247 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003248
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003249 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003250 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003251 return ConvTy;
3252}
3253
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003254/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3255/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003256/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3257///
3258/// int a, *pint;
3259/// short *pshort;
3260/// struct foo *pfoo;
3261///
3262/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3263/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3264/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3265/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3266///
3267/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003268/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003269///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003270Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003271Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003272 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3273 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003274 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3275 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003276
3277 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003278 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003279
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003280 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3281 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3282 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3283 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3284 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3285 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3286 // type.
3287 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3288 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003289 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003290 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003291 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003292
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003293 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3294 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003295 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003296 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3297 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3298 return IntToPointer;
3299 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3300 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003301 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003302 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003303
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003304 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003305 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003306 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3307 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003308 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003309
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003310 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003311 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003312 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003313 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3314 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003315 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003316 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003317 }
3318 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003319 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003320
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003321 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003322 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003323
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003324 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003325 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003326 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003327
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003328 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003329 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003331 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003332 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003333 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003334
3335 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3336 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3337 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3338 return Compatible;
3339 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003340 return Incompatible;
3341 }
3342
3343 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3344 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003345 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003346
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003347 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3348 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3349 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3350 return Compatible;
3351
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003352 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3353 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003354
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003355 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3356 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003357 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003358 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003359 return Incompatible;
3360 }
3361
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003362 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003363 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003364 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3365 return Compatible;
3366
3367 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003368 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003369
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003371 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003372
3373 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003374 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003375 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003376 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003377 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003378
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003379 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003380 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003381 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003382 }
3383 return Incompatible;
3384}
3385
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003386/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3387/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3388static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3389 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3390 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3391 // of the transparent union.
3392 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3393 &E, 1,
3394 SourceLocation());
3395 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3396 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3397
3398 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3399 // union type from this initializer list.
3400 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3401 false);
3402}
3403
3404Sema::AssignConvertType
3405Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3406 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3407
3408 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3409 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3410 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
3411 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
3412 return Incompatible;
3413
3414 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3415 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3416 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3417 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3418 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3419 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3420 it != itend; ++it) {
3421 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3422 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3423 // 1) void pointer
3424 // 2) null pointer constant
3425 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3426 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3427 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3428 InitField = *it;
3429 break;
3430 }
3431
3432 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3433 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3434 InitField = *it;
3435 break;
3436 }
3437 }
3438
3439 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3440 == Compatible) {
3441 InitField = *it;
3442 break;
3443 }
3444 }
3445
3446 if (!InitField)
3447 return Incompatible;
3448
3449 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3450 return Compatible;
3451}
3452
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003453Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003454Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3456 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3457 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3458 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3459 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003460 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3461 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003462 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003463 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003464 }
3465
3466 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3467 // structures.
3468 }
3469
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003470 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3471 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003472 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3473 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003475 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003476 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003477 return Compatible;
3478 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003480 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003481 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003482 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003483 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003484 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003485 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003486 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3487 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003488
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003489 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3490 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003491
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003492 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3493 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003494 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3495 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3496 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3497 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003498 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003499 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003500 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003501}
3502
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003503QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003504 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003505 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003506 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003507 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003508}
3509
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003510inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003511 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003512 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003513 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003514 QualType lhsType =
3515 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3516 QualType rhsType =
3517 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003518
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003519 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003520 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003521 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003522
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003523 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3524 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003525 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3526 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3527 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003528 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3529 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003530 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003531 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003532 }
3533 }
3534 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003535
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003536 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3537 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003538 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003540
3541 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003542 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3543 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003544 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003545 return lhsType;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003549 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003550 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003551 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003552 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3553
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003554 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003555 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3556 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003557 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003558 return rhsType;
3559 }
3560 }
3561
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003562 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003563 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003564 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003565 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003566 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003567}
3568
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003569inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003571{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003572 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003573 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003574
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003575 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003576
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003577 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003578 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003579 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003580}
3581
3582inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003583 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003584{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003585 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3586 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3587 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3588 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3589 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003590
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003591 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003592
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003593 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003594 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003595 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003596}
3597
3598inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003599 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003600{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003601 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3602 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3603 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3604 return compType;
3605 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003606
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003607 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003608
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003609 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003610 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3611 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3612 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003613 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003614 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003615
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003616 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3617 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3618 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3619 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3620
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003621 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003622 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003623 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3624 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3625 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003626 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3627 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003628 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003629 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003630 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003631
3632 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3633 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3634 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003635 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003636 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3638 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3639 return QualType();
3640 }
3641
3642 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3643 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3644 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3645 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003646 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003647 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003648 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3649 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003650 return QualType();
3651
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003652 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3653 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3655 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3656 return QualType();
3657 }
3658
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003659 if (CompLHSTy) {
3660 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3661 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3662 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003663 else {
3664 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3665 if (!T.isNull())
3666 LHSTy = T;
3667 }
3668
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003669 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3670 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003671 return PExp->getType();
3672 }
3673 }
3674
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003675 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003676}
3677
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003678// C99 6.5.6
3679QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003680 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3681 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3682 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3683 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3684 return compType;
3685 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003686
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003687 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003688
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003689 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003691 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003692 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3693 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003694 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003695 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003696 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003698 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3699 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003700 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003701
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003702 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003703
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003704 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3705 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3706 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3707 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3709 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3710 return QualType();
3711 }
3712
3713 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3714 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3715 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3716 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3717 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003718 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003719 return QualType();
3720 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003721
3722 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3723 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3724 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3725 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3726 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3727 lex->getSourceRange(),
3728 SourceRange(),
3729 lex->getType()))
3730 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003731
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003732 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3733 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3735 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3736 return QualType();
3737 }
3738
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003739 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003740 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3741 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3743 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3744 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3745 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3746 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3747 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3748
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003749 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003750 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003751 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003752
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003753 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3754 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003755 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003756
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003757 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3758 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3759 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3760 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3761 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3762 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3763 return QualType();
3764 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003765
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003766 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3767 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3768 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3769 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003770 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003771 return QualType();
3772 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003773
3774 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3775 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3776 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3777 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3778 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3779 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3780 rex->getSourceRange(),
3781 SourceRange(),
3782 rex->getType()))
3783 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003784
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003785 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3786 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3787 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3788 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3789 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3790 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3791 return QualType();
3792 }
3793 } else {
3794 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3795 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3796 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3797 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3798 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3799 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3800 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3801 return QualType();
3802 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003803 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003804
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003805 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3806 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3807 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3808 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3809 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3810 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3811 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003812
3813 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003814 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3815 }
3816 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003817
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003818 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003819}
3820
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003821// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003822QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003823 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003824 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3825 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003826 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003827
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003828 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3829 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003830 QualType LHSTy;
3831 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3832 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003833 else {
3834 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3835 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3836 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3837 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003838 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003839 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3840
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003841 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003842
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003843 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003844 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003845}
3846
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003847// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003848QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003849 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3850 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3851
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003852 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003853 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003854
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003855 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003856 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3857 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3858 else {
3859 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3860 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3861 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003862 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3863 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003864
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003865 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3866 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003867 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3868 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3869 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003870 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3871 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003872 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3873 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3874 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3875 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003876 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3877 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003878 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003879
3880 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3881 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3882 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3883 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3884
3885 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3886 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003887 Expr *literalString = 0;
3888 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003889 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003890 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3891 literalString = lex;
3892 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3893 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003894 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3895 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003896 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3897 literalString = rex;
3898 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3899 }
3900
3901 if (literalString) {
3902 std::string resultComparison;
3903 switch (Opc) {
3904 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3905 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3906 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3907 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3908 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3909 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3910 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3911 }
3912 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3913 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3914 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003915 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3916 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3917 "strcmp(")
3918 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3919 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003920 resultComparison);
3921 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003922 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003924 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003925 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003926
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003927 if (isRelational) {
3928 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003929 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003930 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003931 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003932 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003933 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003934 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003935 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003936
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003937 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003938 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003939 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003940
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003941 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3942 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003943
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003944 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3945 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3946 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003947 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003948 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003949 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003950 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003951 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003953 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3954 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3955 return ResultTy;
3956
3957 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3958 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3959 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3960 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3961 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3962 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3963 //
3964 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3965 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003966 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003967 if (T.isNull()) {
3968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3969 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3970 return QualType();
3971 }
3972
3973 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3974 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3975 return ResultTy;
3976 }
3977
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003978 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003979 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3980 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003981 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003982 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003983 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003984 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003985 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003986 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003987 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003988 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00003989 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
3990 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3991 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
3992 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
3993 return ResultTy;
3994 }
3995 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
3996 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
3997 return ResultTy;
3998 }
3999 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4000 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4001 return ResultTy;
4002 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004003 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004004 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004005 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4006 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004007
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004008 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004009 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004011 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004012 }
4013 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004014 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004015 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004016 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004017 if (!isRelational
4018 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4019 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004020 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004021 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4022 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4023 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4024 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4025 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4026 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004027 }
4028 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004029 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004030 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004031
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004032 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004033 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004034 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4035 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004036 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004037 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004038 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004039 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004040
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004041 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4042 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004043 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004044 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004045 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004046 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004047 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004048 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004049 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004050 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004051 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4052 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004053 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004054 } else {
4055 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004056 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004057 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004058 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004059 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004060 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004061 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004062 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004063 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004064 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004065 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004066 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004067 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004068 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004069 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004070 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004072 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004073 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004074 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004075 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004076 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004077 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004078 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004079 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004080 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4081 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004082 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004083 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004084 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004085 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4086 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004087 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004088 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004089 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004090 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004091}
4092
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004093/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004094/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004095/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4096/// types.
4097QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004098 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004099 bool isRelational) {
4100 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4101 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004102 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004103 if (vType.isNull())
4104 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004105
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004106 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4107 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004108
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004109 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4110 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4111 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4112 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4113 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4114 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4115 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004116 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004117 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004118
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004119 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4120 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4121 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004122 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004123 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004125 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4126 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4127 if (1) {
4128 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4129 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4130 return QualType();
4131 }
4132
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004133 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4134 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4135 // elements for floating point vectors.
4136 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4137 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004138
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004139 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004140 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004141 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004142 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004143 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004144 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4145
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004146 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004147 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004148 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4149}
4150
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004151inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004152 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004153{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004154 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004155 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004156
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004157 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004158
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004159 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004160 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004161 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004162}
4163
4164inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004165 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004166{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004167 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4168 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004169
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004170 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004171 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004172 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004173}
4174
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004175/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4176/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4177/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4178///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004179static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004180{
4181 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4182 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4183 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4184 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4185 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004186 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004187 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4188 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4189 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4190 return true;
4191 }
4192 }
4193 return false;
4194}
4195
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004196/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4197/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4198static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004199 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4200 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4201 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004202 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4203 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004204 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4205 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004206
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004207 unsigned Diag = 0;
4208 bool NeedType = false;
4209 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4210 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4211 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004212 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004213 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4214 NeedType = true;
4215 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004216 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004217 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4218 NeedType = true;
4219 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004220 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004221 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4222 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004223 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004224 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4225 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004226 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4227 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004228 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004229 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4230 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004231 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004232 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4233 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004234 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004235 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4236 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004237 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4238 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4239 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004240 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4241 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4242 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004243 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004244
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004245 SourceRange Assign;
4246 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4247 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004248 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004249 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004250 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004251 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004252 return true;
4253}
4254
4255
4256
4257// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004258QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4259 SourceLocation Loc,
4260 QualType CompoundType) {
4261 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4262 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004263 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004264
4265 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4266 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004267
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004268 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004269 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004270 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004271 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004272 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4273 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4274 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4275 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4276 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4277 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4278 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004279
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004280 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4281 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4282 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004283 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004284 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4285 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4286 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4287 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4288 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004289 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004290 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004291 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4292 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4293 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004294 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4295 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004296 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4297 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4298 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004299 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004300 }
4301 } else {
4302 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004303 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004304 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004305
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004306 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4307 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004308 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004309
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004310 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4311 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004312 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004313 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4314 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004315 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004316 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004317 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004318}
4319
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004320// C99 6.5.17
4321QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004322 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004323 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004324
4325 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4326 // incomplete in C++).
4327
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004328 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004329}
4330
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004331/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4332/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004333QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4334 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004335 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4336 return Context.DependentTy;
4337
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004338 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4339 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004340
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004341 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4342 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4343 if (!isInc) {
4344 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4345 return QualType();
4346 }
4347 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4348 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4349 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004350 // OK!
4351 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4352 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004353 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004354 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4355 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4356 << Op->getSourceRange();
4357 return QualType();
4358 }
4359
4360 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004361 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004362 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004363 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4364 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4365 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4366 return QualType();
4367 }
4368
4369 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004370 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004371 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4372 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4373 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4374 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004375 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004376 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4377 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4378 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004379 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004380 } else {
4381 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004382 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004383 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004384 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004385 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004386 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004387 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004388 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004389 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004390}
4391
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004392/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004393/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004394/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4395/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4396/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4397/// - &(x) => x
4398/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4399/// - &s.xx => s
4400/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4401/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4402/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4403/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004404static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004405 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004406 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004407 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004408 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004409 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004410 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4411 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4412 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004413 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004414 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004415 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004416 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004417 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004418 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4419 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004420 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4421 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4422 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4423 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4424 }
4425 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004426 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004427 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4428 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004429
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004430 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004431 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4432 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4433 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4434 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4435 default:
4436 return 0;
4437 }
4438 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004439 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004440 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004441 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004442 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4443 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004444 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004445 default:
4446 return 0;
4447 }
4448}
4449
4450/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004451/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004452/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004453/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004454/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004455/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004456/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004457QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004458 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4459 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4460
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004461 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4462 return Context.DependentTy;
4463
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004464 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4465 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4466 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4467 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4468 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4469 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4470 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4471 }
4472 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4473 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4474 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004475 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004476 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004477
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004478 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4479 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004480 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004481 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004482 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004483 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4484 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004485 return QualType();
4486 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004487 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004488 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4490 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004491 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004492 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4493 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004494 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004495 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004496 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004497 return QualType();
4498 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004499 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004500 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4501 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4502 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004503 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4504 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004505 return QualType();
4506 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004507 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004508 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004509 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4510 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004511 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4512 // scope qualifier for the class.
4513 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4514 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4515 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4516 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4517 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4518 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004519 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004520 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004521 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004522 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4523 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4524 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4525 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004526 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004527 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004528
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004529 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4530 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4531 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4532 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4533 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4534 }
4535
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004536 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4537 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4538}
4539
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004540QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004541 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4542 return Context.DependentTy;
4543
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004544 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4545 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004546
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004547 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4548 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4549 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4550 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4551 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004552 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004553
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004554 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004555 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004556 return QualType();
4557}
4558
4559static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4560 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4561 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4562 switch (Kind) {
4563 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004564 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4565 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004566 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4567 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4568 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4569 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4570 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4571 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4572 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4573 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4574 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4575 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4576 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4577 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4578 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4579 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4580 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4581 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4582 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4583 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4584 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4585 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4586 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4587 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4588 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4589 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4590 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4591 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4592 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4593 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4594 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4595 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4596 }
4597 return Opc;
4598}
4599
4600static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4601 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4602 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4603 switch (Kind) {
4604 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4605 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4606 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4607 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4608 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4609 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4610 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4611 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4612 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004613 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4614 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4615 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4616 }
4617 return Opc;
4618}
4619
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004620/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4621/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4622/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004623Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4624 unsigned Op,
4625 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004626 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004627 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004628 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4629 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4630 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004631
4632 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004633 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4634 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4635 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004636 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4637 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4638 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4639 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4640 break;
4641 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004642 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4643 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4644 break;
4645 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4646 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4647 break;
4648 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4649 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4650 break;
4651 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4652 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4653 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004654 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004655 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4656 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4657 break;
4658 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4659 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4660 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4661 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004662 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004663 break;
4664 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4665 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004666 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004667 break;
4668 case BinaryOperator::And:
4669 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4670 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4671 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4672 break;
4673 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4674 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4675 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4676 break;
4677 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4678 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004679 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4680 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4681 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4682 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004683 break;
4684 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004685 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4686 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4687 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4688 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004689 break;
4690 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004691 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4692 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4693 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004694 break;
4695 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004696 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4697 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4698 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004699 break;
4700 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4701 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004702 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4703 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4704 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4705 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004706 break;
4707 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4708 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4709 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004710 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4711 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4712 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4713 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004714 break;
4715 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4716 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4717 break;
4718 }
4719 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004720 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004721 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004722 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4723 else
4724 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004725 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4726 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004727}
4728
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004729// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004730Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4731 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4732 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004733 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004734 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004735
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004736 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4737 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004738
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004739 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4740 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4741 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4742 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4743 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4744 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4745 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004746 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004747 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4748 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4749 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4750 Functions);
4751 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4752 DeclarationName OpName
4753 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4754 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004755 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004756
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004757 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4758 // binary operation.
4759 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004760 }
4761
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004762 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4763 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004764}
4765
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004766Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4767 unsigned OpcIn,
4768 ExprArg InputArg) {
4769 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004770
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004771 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004772 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004773 QualType resultType;
4774 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004775 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4776 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4777 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4778 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4779 break;
4780
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004781 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4782 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004783 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4784 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004785 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004786 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004787 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4788 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004789 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004790 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004791 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4792 break;
4793 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4794 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004795 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4796 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004797 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4798 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004799 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4800 break;
4801 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4802 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4803 break;
4804 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4805 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4806 resultType->isPointerType())
4807 break;
4808
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004809 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4810 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004811 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004812 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4813 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004814 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4815 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004816 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4817 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4818 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004819 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004820 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004821 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004822 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4823 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004824 break;
4825 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4826 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004827 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4828 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004829 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4830 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004831 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004832 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4833 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004834 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004835 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4836 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004837 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004838 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004839 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004840 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004841 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004842 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004843 resultType = Input->getType();
4844 break;
4845 }
4846 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004847 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004848
4849 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004850 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004851}
4852
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004853// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4854Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4855 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4856 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4857 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4858
4859 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4860 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4861 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4862 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4863 // the arguments.
4864 FunctionSet Functions;
4865 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4866 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4867 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4868 Functions);
4869 DeclarationName OpName
4870 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4871 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4872 }
4873
4874 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4875 }
4876
4877 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4878}
4879
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004880/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004881Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4882 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4883 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004884 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004885 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004886
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004887 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4888 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004889 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004890 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004891
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004892 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004893 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4894 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004895}
4896
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004897Sema::OwningExprResult
4898Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4899 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4900 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004901 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4902 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4903
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004904 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004905 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004906 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004907
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004908 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4909 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4910 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004911
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004912 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4913 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4914 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004915
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004916 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4917 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4918 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4919 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4920 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004921
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004922 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004923 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004924 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004925
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004926 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4927 // expressions are not lvalues.
4928
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004929 substmt.release();
4930 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004931}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004932
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004933Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4934 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4935 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4936 TypeTy *argty,
4937 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4938 unsigned NumComponents,
4939 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4940 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4941 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004942 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4943 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004944
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004945 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4946
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004947 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4948 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4949 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004950 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004951 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004952
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004953 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4954 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004955
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004956 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4957 // the offsetof designators.
4958 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4959 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004960 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004961 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004962
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004963 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4964 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004965 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4966 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004967 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004968 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4969 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004970
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004971 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004972 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004973
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004974 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4975 // leaks like a sieve.
4976 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4977 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4978 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4979 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4980 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4981 if (!AT) {
4982 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004983 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4984 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004985 }
4986
4987 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4988
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004989 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4990 // expression.
4991 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4992
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004993 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4994 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004995 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004996 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004997 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00004998 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004999 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005000
5001 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5002 OC.LocEnd);
5003 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005004 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005005
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005006 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5007 if (!RC) {
5008 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005009 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5010 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005011 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005012
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005013 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5014 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005015 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005016 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005017 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5018 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5019 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005020 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5021 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005022 }
5023
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005024 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5025 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5026 LookupMemberName)
5027 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005028 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005029 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005030 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5031 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005032
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005033 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5034 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005035 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005036 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5037 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005038 } else {
5039 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5040 // doesn't matter here.
5041 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5042 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5043 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005044 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005045 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005046
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005047 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5048 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005049}
5050
5051
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005052Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5053 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5054 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005055 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5056 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005057
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005058 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005059
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005060 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5061 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5062 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5063 return ExprError();
5064 }
5065
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005066 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5067 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005068}
5069
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005070Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5071 ExprArg cond,
5072 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5073 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5074 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5075 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5076 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005077
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005078 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5079
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005080 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005081 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005082 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5083 } else {
5084 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5085 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5086 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5087 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005088 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5089 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5090 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005091
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005092 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5093 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5094 }
5095
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005096 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5097 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5098 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005099}
5100
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005101//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5102// Clang Extensions.
5103//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5104
5105/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005106void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005107 // Analyze block parameters.
5108 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005109
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005110 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5111 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5112 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005113
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005114 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
5115 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005116 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005117 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5118 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005119
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005120 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005121 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005122}
5123
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005124void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005125 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005126
5127 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5128 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005129 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005130 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5131
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005132 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5133 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5134 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5135 return;
5136 }
5137
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005138 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5139 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5140 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5141
5142 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5143 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005144 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5145 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5146 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005147 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005148 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5149 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005150 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5151
5152 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5153 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5154 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5155 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5156 return;
5157 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005158 return;
5159 }
5160
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005161 // Analyze arguments to block.
5162 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5163 "Not a function declarator!");
5164 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005165
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005166 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5167 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005168
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005169 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5170 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5171 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5172 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005173 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5174 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005175 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005176 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005177 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5178 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005179 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005180 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005181 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005182 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005183 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005184 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005185 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005186 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5187 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5188 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5189 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5190 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005191
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005192 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
5193 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
5194 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005195 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005196 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5197 }
5198
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005199 // Analyze the return type.
5200 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5201 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5202
5203 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5204 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5205 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5206 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5207 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
5208 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy.getTypePtr();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005209}
5210
5211/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5212/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5213void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5214 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5215 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005216
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005217 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5218
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005219 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005220 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005221 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005222 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005223}
5224
5225/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5226/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005227Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5228 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005229 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5230 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5231 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5232
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005233 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5234 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005235
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005236 PopDeclContext();
5237
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005238 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5239 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005240
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005241 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
5242 if (BSI->ReturnType)
5243 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005244
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005245 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5246 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5247 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005248
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005249 QualType BlockTy;
5250 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman687abff2009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005251 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005252 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005253 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005254 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005255
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005256 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
5257
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005258 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005259
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005260 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5261 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5262 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5263 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5264
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005265 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005266 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5267 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005268}
5269
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005270Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5271 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5272 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005273 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005274 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5275 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5276
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005277 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005278
5279 // Get the va_list type
5280 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005281 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5282 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5283 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5284 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005285 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005286 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5287 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5288 } else {
5289 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5290 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005291 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5292 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005293 return ExprError();
5294 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005295
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005296 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5297 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005298 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5299 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005300 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005301 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005302
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005303 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005304 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005305
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005306 expr.release();
5307 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5308 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005309}
5310
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005311Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005312 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5313 // pointers on the target.
5314 QualType Ty;
5315 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5316 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5317 else
5318 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5319
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005320 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005321}
5322
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005323bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5324 SourceLocation Loc,
5325 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5326 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5327 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5328 bool isInvalid = false;
5329 unsigned DiagKind;
5330 switch (ConvTy) {
5331 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5332 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005333 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005334 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5335 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005336 case IntToPointer:
5337 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5338 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005339 case IncompatiblePointer:
5340 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5341 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005342 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5343 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5344 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005345 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5346 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5347 break;
5348 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005349 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5350 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5351 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5352 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5353 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5354 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5355 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5356 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5357 // C++ semantics.
5358 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5359 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5360 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005361 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5362 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005363 case IntToBlockPointer:
5364 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5365 break;
5366 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005367 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005368 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005369 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005370 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005371 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5372 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5373 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005374 case IncompatibleVectors:
5375 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5376 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005377 case Incompatible:
5378 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5379 isInvalid = true;
5380 break;
5381 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005382
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005383 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5384 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005385 return isInvalid;
5386}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005387
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005388bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005389 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5390 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5391 if (Result)
5392 *Result = ICEResult;
5393 return false;
5394 }
5395
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005396 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5397
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005398 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005399 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5400 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5401
5402 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5403 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5404 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5405 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5406 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5407 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5408 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005409
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005410 return true;
5411 }
5412
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005413 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5414 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005415
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005416 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5417 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5418 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005419
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005420 if (Result)
5421 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5422 return false;
5423}